1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even
23 when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount
25 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true
34 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
35 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
37 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
39 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
40 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
42 typedef enum split16_format_type
49 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
56 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
57 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
58 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
60 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
61 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
63 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
65 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
67 /* For old-style PLT. */
68 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
69 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
71 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
72 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
73 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
76 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
77 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
78 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
79 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
81 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
83 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
84 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
85 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
86 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
88 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
89 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
90 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
91 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
92 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
93 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
97 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
98 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
100 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
101 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
102 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
103 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
104 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
105 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
106 0x60000000, /* nop */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
110 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
111 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
112 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
113 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
115 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
116 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
117 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
118 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
119 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
120 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
121 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
124 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
125 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
127 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
128 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
129 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
130 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
137 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
138 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
140 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
143 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
144 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
146 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
148 /* Some instructions. */
149 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
150 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
151 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
152 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
153 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
154 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
155 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
157 #define BA 0x48000002
158 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
159 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
160 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
161 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
162 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
163 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
164 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
165 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
166 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
167 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
168 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
169 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
170 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
171 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
172 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
173 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
174 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
175 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
176 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
177 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
178 #define NOP 0x60000000
179 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
181 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
182 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
183 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
185 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
186 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
187 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
188 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
191 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
192 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
193 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
194 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
195 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
196 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
197 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
198 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
199 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
200 complain, special_func) \
201 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
202 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
203 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
205 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
207 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
208 /* This reloc does nothing. */
209 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
210 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
212 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
213 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
214 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
216 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
217 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
218 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed,
219 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
221 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
222 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
223 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
225 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
226 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
227 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
229 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
230 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
231 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
233 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
234 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
235 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
236 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
238 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
239 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
240 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
241 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
243 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
244 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
245 bits must be zero. */
246 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
247 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
249 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
250 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
251 two bits must be zero. */
252 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
253 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
255 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
256 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
257 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
259 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
260 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
261 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
263 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
264 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
266 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
267 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
269 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
270 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
272 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
273 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
275 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
277 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
278 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
280 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
282 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
283 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
285 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
287 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
288 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
290 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
292 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
293 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
295 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
296 entry for the symbol. */
297 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
298 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
300 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
301 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
302 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
303 shared library into the object, because the object being
304 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
305 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
306 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
308 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
310 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
311 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
313 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
314 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
315 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
317 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
318 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
320 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
324 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
325 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
326 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
327 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
329 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
330 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
331 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
333 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
334 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
335 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
337 /* 32-bit PC relative */
338 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont
,
339 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
341 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
342 FIXME: not supported. */
343 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
344 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
346 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
347 FIXME: not supported. */
348 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 4, 32, 0, 0, true, dont
,
349 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
351 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
353 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
354 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
356 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
358 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
359 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
361 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
363 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
364 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
366 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
368 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
369 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
371 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
372 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
373 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
375 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
376 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
377 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
379 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
380 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
381 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
383 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
384 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
385 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
387 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
388 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
389 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
391 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
392 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
394 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
395 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
397 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
398 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
399 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
401 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
402 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
404 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
405 definition of its TLS sym. */
406 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
407 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
410 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
411 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
412 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
413 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
415 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
416 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
417 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
420 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
421 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
423 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
424 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
425 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
427 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
428 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
429 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
431 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
432 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
433 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
434 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
436 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
437 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
438 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
440 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
441 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
442 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
444 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
445 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
446 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
448 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
449 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
450 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
452 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
453 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
454 to the first entry. */
455 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
456 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
458 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
459 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
460 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
462 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
463 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
464 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
466 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
467 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
468 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
470 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
471 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
473 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
474 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
476 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
477 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
478 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
480 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
481 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
482 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
484 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
485 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
486 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
488 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
489 the offset to the entry. */
490 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
491 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
493 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
494 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
495 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
497 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
498 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
499 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
501 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
502 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
503 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
505 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
506 offset to the entry. */
507 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
508 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
510 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
511 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
512 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
514 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
515 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
516 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
518 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
519 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
520 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
522 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
523 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
525 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
526 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
527 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
529 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
530 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
531 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
534 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
535 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
537 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
538 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
539 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
541 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
542 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
544 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
545 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
547 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
548 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
549 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
550 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
551 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
553 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
554 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
555 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
556 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
557 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
559 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
561 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
562 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
564 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
565 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
566 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
567 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
568 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
577 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
578 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
579 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
580 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
581 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
583 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
584 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 2, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
588 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 4, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed,
589 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
591 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
592 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 4, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed,
593 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
595 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
596 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont
,
597 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
600 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont
,
601 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
603 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
604 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
605 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
607 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
608 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
609 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
611 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
612 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
613 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
615 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
616 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
617 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
619 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
620 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
621 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
622 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
623 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
626 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
627 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
629 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
630 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont
,
631 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
633 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
634 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont
,
635 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
637 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
638 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
639 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
641 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
642 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
643 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
645 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
646 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
647 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
649 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
650 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
651 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
653 /* e_li split20 format. */
654 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 4, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont
,
655 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
657 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
658 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
660 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
661 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
662 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
664 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
665 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont
,
666 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
668 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
669 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
670 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
672 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
673 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
674 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
675 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
677 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
678 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
679 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
681 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
682 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
683 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
685 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
686 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
689 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
690 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
693 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
694 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
695 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
701 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
703 unsigned int i
, type
;
706 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
709 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
710 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
711 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
713 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
717 static reloc_howto_type
*
718 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
719 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
721 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
723 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
724 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
725 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
732 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
736 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
738 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
749 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
751 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
762 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
767 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
769 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
837 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
839 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
840 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
842 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
843 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
845 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
846 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
848 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
849 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
851 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
852 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
854 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
864 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
867 static reloc_howto_type
*
868 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
874 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
876 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
877 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
878 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
883 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
886 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
888 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
894 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
896 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
897 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
899 /* xgettext:c-format */
900 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
906 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
908 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
909 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
910 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
912 /* xgettext:c-format */
913 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
915 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
923 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
925 static bfd_reloc_status_type
926 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
927 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
930 asection
*input_section
,
932 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
934 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
936 bfd_size_type octets
;
939 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
941 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
945 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
946 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
947 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
948 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
951 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
952 value
= symbol
->value
;
953 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
954 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
955 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
956 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
957 + input_section
->output_offset
958 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
961 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
962 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
,
963 input_section
, octets
))
964 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
966 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
968 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
969 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
973 static bfd_reloc_status_type
974 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
975 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
978 asection
*input_section
,
980 char **error_message
)
982 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
983 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
985 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
986 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
987 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
989 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
990 *error_message
= bfd_asprintf (_("generic linker can't handle %s"),
991 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
992 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
995 /* Sections created by the linker. */
997 typedef struct elf_linker_section
999 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1003 /* Associated bss section name. */
1004 const char *bss_name
;
1005 /* Associated symbol name. */
1006 const char *sym_name
;
1007 /* Associated symbol. */
1008 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1009 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1011 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1012 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1013 based on different addend's. */
1015 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1017 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1018 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1019 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1023 /* which linker section this is */
1024 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1025 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1027 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1029 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1031 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1032 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1033 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1035 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1036 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1037 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1040 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1041 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1043 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1044 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1046 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1047 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1048 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1050 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1053 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1055 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1059 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1062 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1064 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1066 unsigned char *contents
;
1068 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1069 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1072 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1073 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1076 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1081 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1084 && (s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1090 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1092 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1098 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1103 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1104 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1110 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1111 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1115 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1126 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1130 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1131 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1133 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1146 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1149 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1153 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = true;
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1184 switch (note
->descsz
)
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1205 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1211 switch (note
->descsz
)
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1230 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1231 int n
= strlen (command
);
1233 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1234 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1250 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1253 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1254 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1255 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1264 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1270 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1281 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1282 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1283 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1285 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1287 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1289 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1292 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1315 return rel
->address
;
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1334 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1336 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1339 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1340 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1342 if (startswith (name
, ".PPC.EMB"))
1344 if (startswith (name
, ".sbss")
1345 || startswith (name
, ".sdata"))
1346 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1359 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1360 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1370 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1375 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1379 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1390 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1392 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1400 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1402 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1405 unsigned int p_flags
;
1407 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1410 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1412 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1414 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1418 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1423 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1425 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1427 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1429 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1433 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1434 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1437 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1445 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1446 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1455 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1456 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1457 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1461 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1462 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1463 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1464 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1466 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1490 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1506 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1510 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1511 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1521 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1522 unsigned long value
;
1526 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1527 static bool apuinfo_set
;
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1533 apuinfo_set
= false;
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1539 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1541 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1543 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1545 entry
= entry
->next
;
1548 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1552 entry
->value
= value
;
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1560 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1561 unsigned long count
;
1563 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1565 entry
= entry
->next
)
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1574 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1578 entry
= entry
->next
)
1581 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1587 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1589 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1591 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1607 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1610 unsigned long length
;
1611 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1613 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1621 unsigned long datum
;
1623 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length
= asec
->size
;
1634 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1637 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1638 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1644 || (bfd_read (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1655 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1658 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1662 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1667 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1675 error_message
= NULL
;
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1685 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1705 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1707 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1709 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1720 unsigned num_entries
;
1721 bfd_size_type length
;
1723 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1730 length
= asec
->size
;
1734 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1750 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1756 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1777 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1791 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1792 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1793 && section
->vma
<= vma
1794 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1799 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1802 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
1803 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1809 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1816 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1819 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1822 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1826 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1833 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1839 && (dynamic
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
1841 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1843 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1845 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1848 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1849 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1851 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
, extdynend
= dynbuf
+ dynamic
->size
;
1852 (size_t) (extdynend
- extdyn
) >= extdynsize
;
1853 extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1855 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1856 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1858 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1861 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1863 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1864 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1866 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1867 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1868 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1875 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1878 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1879 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1885 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1886 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1887 glink stubs now reside. */
1888 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1892 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1893 from the first glink stub. */
1894 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1895 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1897 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1899 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1901 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1902 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1904 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1905 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1907 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1908 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1910 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1912 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1917 count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
);
1918 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1919 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1920 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1921 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1922 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1923 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1924 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1925 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1926 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1928 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1931 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1932 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, true))
1935 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1936 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1937 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1939 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1941 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1944 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1947 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1949 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1953 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1954 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1955 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1956 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1960 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1961 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1963 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1964 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1965 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1966 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1967 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1968 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1970 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1973 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1974 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1978 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1979 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1980 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1981 names
+= strlen (names
);
1983 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1984 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1989 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1990 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1992 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1994 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1996 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1997 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2003 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2004 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2006 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2008 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2010 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2011 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2019 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2020 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2021 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2022 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2023 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2026 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2027 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2030 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2032 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2033 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2034 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2035 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2036 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2039 /* The .got2 section. */
2042 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2045 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2049 /* .glink stub offset. */
2050 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2053 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2054 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2055 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2058 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2059 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2064 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2065 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2066 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2067 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2073 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2081 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2082 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2083 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2084 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2088 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2089 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2090 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2092 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2094 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2095 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2097 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2099 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2102 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2103 unsigned int count
: 31;
2105 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2106 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2109 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2111 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2113 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2115 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2116 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2117 from the beginning of the section. */
2118 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2120 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2121 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2122 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2123 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2124 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2125 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2126 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2127 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2128 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2130 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2131 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2132 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2133 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2134 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2135 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2137 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2138 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2139 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2140 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2141 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2143 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2145 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2147 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2148 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2149 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2152 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2154 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2156 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2158 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2160 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2161 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2163 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2167 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2169 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2171 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2173 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2176 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2177 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2179 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2182 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2184 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2188 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2189 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2191 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2192 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2193 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2194 unsigned int got_gap
;
2196 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2197 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2199 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2200 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2201 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2202 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2204 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2205 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2207 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2208 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2210 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2212 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2214 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2215 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2218 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2219 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2221 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2222 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2224 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2226 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2228 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2229 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2231 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2233 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2234 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2235 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
2236 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2238 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2240 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2241 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2242 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2245 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2249 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2250 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2255 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2256 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2260 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2261 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2267 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2269 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2270 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2272 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2273 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2274 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2276 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2280 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2281 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2282 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2289 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2290 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2291 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2292 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2294 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2296 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2297 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2298 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2300 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2301 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2302 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2304 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2305 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2306 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2308 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2311 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2314 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2316 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2319 htab
->params
= params
;
2320 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2323 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2326 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2328 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2330 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2333 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2334 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2336 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2338 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2339 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2340 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2347 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2348 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2349 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2352 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2353 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2355 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2359 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2360 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2362 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2367 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2368 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2370 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2371 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2373 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2378 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2380 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2385 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2386 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2387 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2389 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2390 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2391 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2393 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2396 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2398 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2399 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2400 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2401 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2403 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2407 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2408 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2411 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2414 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2415 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2416 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2417 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2419 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2422 /* Local plt entries. */
2423 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2424 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2425 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2427 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2428 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2431 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2433 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2434 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2436 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2437 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2438 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2442 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2453 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2454 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2455 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2458 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2460 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2464 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2466 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2467 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2470 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2473 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2474 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2477 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2478 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2483 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2485 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2486 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2487 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2490 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2494 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
2495 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2499 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2500 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2501 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2502 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2503 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2506 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2509 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2510 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2513 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2515 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2516 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2518 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2519 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2521 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2522 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2523 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2524 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2525 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2526 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2527 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2529 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2530 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2533 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2535 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2537 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2538 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2540 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2541 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2542 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2544 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2546 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2547 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2549 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2550 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2557 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
2560 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
2561 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2564 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2565 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2566 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2567 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2569 /* And plt entries. */
2570 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2572 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2574 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2575 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2577 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2579 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2581 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2582 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2584 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2591 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2594 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2595 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2598 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2600 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2601 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2602 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2603 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2604 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2605 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2606 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2610 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2611 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2614 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2615 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2616 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2617 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2618 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2622 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2623 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2624 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2625 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2627 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2629 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2631 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2632 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2634 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2636 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2637 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2639 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2642 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2647 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2653 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2655 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2656 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2657 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2659 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2661 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2662 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2663 return linker_pointers
;
2668 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2671 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2672 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2673 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2676 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2677 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2678 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2681 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2683 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2686 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2688 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2689 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2690 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2695 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2699 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2701 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2702 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2704 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2707 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2710 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2711 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2716 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2719 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2720 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2725 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2728 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2729 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2730 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2731 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2732 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2734 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2737 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2738 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2739 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2740 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2742 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2744 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2745 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2749 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2750 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2751 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2757 static struct plt_entry
**
2758 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2759 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2760 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2763 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2764 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2765 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2767 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2769 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2771 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2772 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2773 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2774 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2775 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2777 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2780 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2781 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2782 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2783 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2784 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2785 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2789 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2790 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2792 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2796 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2797 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2801 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2802 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2807 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2808 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2811 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2815 static struct plt_entry
*
2816 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2818 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2822 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2823 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2829 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2831 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2832 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2835 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2844 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2847 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2849 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2850 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2851 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2852 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2855 /* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true
2856 iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */
2859 offset_in_range (asection
*sec
, bfd_vma offset
, size_t size
)
2861 return offset
<= sec
->size
&& size
<= sec
->size
- offset
;
2865 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2868 /* xgettext:c-format */
2869 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2871 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2875 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2876 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2880 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2881 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2883 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2885 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2886 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2887 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2888 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2889 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2890 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2891 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2893 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2897 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2901 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2903 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2904 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2905 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2907 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2908 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2910 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2911 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2912 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2915 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2916 false, false, true);
2917 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2918 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2919 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2922 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2923 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2925 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2926 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2927 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2928 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2930 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2931 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2934 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2935 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2938 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
, abfd
, r_symndx
);
2944 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2945 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2946 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2947 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2951 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2952 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2955 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2956 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2958 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2959 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2960 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2962 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2966 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2970 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2973 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
2976 else if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2978 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2980 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2981 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2982 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2986 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2987 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2989 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2990 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2991 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2992 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2993 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2996 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2997 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2998 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2999 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3000 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3001 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3002 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3003 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3004 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
3010 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
3011 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
3016 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3017 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3018 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3022 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3023 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3030 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3031 its parameter symbol. */
3033 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3035 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3036 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3047 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3054 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3059 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3061 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3062 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3063 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3066 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3067 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3068 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3069 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3070 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3072 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3075 /* GOT16 relocations */
3077 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3078 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3079 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3080 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3081 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3083 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3084 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3085 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3090 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3091 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3094 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3095 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3098 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3100 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3102 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3107 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3108 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3109 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3110 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3115 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3116 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3120 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3121 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3122 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3124 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3127 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3128 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3133 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3134 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3138 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3139 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3150 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3151 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3159 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3163 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3164 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3167 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3168 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3170 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3173 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3176 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3177 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3181 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3182 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3183 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3184 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3187 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3188 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3192 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3193 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3194 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3195 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3196 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3198 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3201 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3204 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3208 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3212 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3214 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3215 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3218 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3220 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3223 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3224 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3230 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3231 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3233 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3236 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3237 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3238 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3239 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3240 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3241 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3242 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3246 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3247 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3248 section relative. */
3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3251 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3252 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3255 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3256 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3261 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3262 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3263 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3264 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3265 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3268 /* These are just markers. */
3270 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3274 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3275 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3279 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3281 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3282 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3283 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3284 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3287 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3291 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3292 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3293 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3296 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3297 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3298 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3300 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3301 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3305 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, NULL
, 0))
3309 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3310 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3311 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3312 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3316 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3317 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3318 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3319 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3323 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3324 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3325 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3327 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3330 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3331 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3332 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3336 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3337 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3343 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3344 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3345 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3347 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3348 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3349 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3350 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3351 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3355 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3358 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3359 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3362 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3368 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3369 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3370 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3373 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3375 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3376 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3377 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3380 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3382 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3383 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3384 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3385 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3386 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3392 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3393 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3396 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3398 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3400 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3401 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3409 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3410 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3411 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3413 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3414 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3416 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3422 /* Set up information for symbols that might need dynamic
3423 relocations. At this point in linking we have read all
3424 the input files and resolved most symbols, but have not
3425 yet decided whether symbols are dynamic or finalized
3426 symbol flags. In some cases we might be setting dynamic
3427 reloc info for symbols that do not end up needing such.
3428 That's OK, adjust_dynamic_symbol and allocate_dynrelocs
3429 work together with this code. */
3431 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
3432 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3434 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
)
3435 : isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
3436 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
3440 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3441 "create relocation for %s\n",
3442 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3443 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3447 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3448 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3450 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3451 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ true);
3457 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3458 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3461 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3462 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3464 rel_head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
3466 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3468 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3471 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3478 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3483 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3484 We really need local syms available to do this
3486 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3487 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3492 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3496 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3497 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3498 is_ifunc
= ifunc
!= NULL
;
3500 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3502 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3504 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3507 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3510 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3524 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3525 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3527 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3529 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3530 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3531 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3535 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3536 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3537 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3538 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3539 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3540 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3541 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3542 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3543 warn_only
= (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
3545 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3546 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3548 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3549 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3551 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3553 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3554 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3555 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3559 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3563 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3564 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3568 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3571 /* xgettext:c-format */
3572 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3576 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3579 /* xgettext:c-format */
3580 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3584 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3587 /* xgettext:c-format */
3588 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3589 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3592 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3595 /* xgettext:c-format */
3596 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3597 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3601 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3602 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3605 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3609 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3610 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3614 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3617 /* xgettext:c-format */
3618 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3619 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3622 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3625 /* xgettext:c-format */
3626 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3627 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3630 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3633 /* xgettext:c-format */
3634 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3635 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3638 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3641 /* xgettext:c-format */
3642 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3643 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3650 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3651 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3656 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3657 there are conflicting attributes. */
3659 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3662 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3663 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3666 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3669 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3670 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3671 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3673 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3674 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3675 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3676 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3678 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3680 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3681 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3682 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3686 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3688 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3689 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3692 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3693 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3694 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3695 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3697 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3699 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3701 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3702 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3705 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3708 /* xgettext:c-format */
3709 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3711 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3714 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3717 /* xgettext:c-format */
3718 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3720 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3725 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3726 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3727 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3728 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3729 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3731 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3732 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3733 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3735 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3737 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3739 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3740 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3743 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3746 /* xgettext:c-format */
3747 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3748 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3749 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3752 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3755 /* xgettext:c-format */
3756 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3757 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3758 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3764 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3768 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3769 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3772 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3773 object file when linking. */
3776 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3778 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3783 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3786 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3787 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3790 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3793 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3796 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3797 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3798 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3800 /* First call, no flags set. */
3801 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = true;
3802 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3805 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3806 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3809 /* Incompatible flags. */
3812 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3813 to be linked with either. */
3815 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3816 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3820 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3821 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3823 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3824 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3828 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3829 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3832 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3833 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3834 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3836 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3837 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3838 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3839 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3840 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3841 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3843 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3844 any module uses it. */
3845 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3847 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3848 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3850 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3851 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3855 /* xgettext:c-format */
3856 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3857 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3858 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3863 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3871 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3872 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3873 asection
*input_section
,
3874 unsigned long offset
,
3877 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3880 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3882 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
, 4))
3883 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3884 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3885 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3886 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3887 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3888 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3889 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3890 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3892 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3895 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3898 /* xgettext:c-format */
3899 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3900 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3903 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3904 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3905 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3906 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3907 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3908 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3909 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3911 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3914 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3917 /* xgettext:c-format */
3918 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3919 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3922 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3924 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3925 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3926 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3928 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3929 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3930 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3935 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3936 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3938 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3939 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3940 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
3944 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3948 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3949 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3950 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3951 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3952 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3953 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3954 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3955 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3956 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3960 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3961 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3963 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3964 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3966 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3969 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3971 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3973 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3975 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3976 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3977 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3978 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3979 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3980 false, false, true)) != NULL
3981 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3984 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3985 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3987 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3988 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3989 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3990 r30 to be set up. */
3991 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3996 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
3998 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
3999 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4000 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4001 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4002 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4004 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4005 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4007 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4009 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4012 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4016 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4019 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
4021 if (!info
->user_warn_rwx_segments
)
4022 info
->no_warn_rwx_segments
= 1;
4023 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
4024 || (htab
->params
->plt_style
!= PLT_OLD
4025 && !info
->no_warn_rwx_segments
))
4027 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4028 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4030 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4034 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4036 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4038 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4039 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4041 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4042 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4043 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4046 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4047 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4048 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4053 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4054 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4055 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4058 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4061 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4065 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4066 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4067 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4068 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4069 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4072 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4074 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4075 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4079 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4083 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4084 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4086 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4087 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4088 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4091 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4093 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4095 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4098 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4099 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4101 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4109 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4111 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4112 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4113 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4114 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4118 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4119 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4123 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4124 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4126 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4128 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4129 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4130 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4131 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4132 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4133 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4135 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4137 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4145 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4146 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4148 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4150 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4151 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4154 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4155 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4157 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4158 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4159 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4160 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4161 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4163 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4169 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4170 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4173 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4175 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4178 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4180 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4184 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4185 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4186 between the call and its destination. */
4190 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4191 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4193 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4195 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4196 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4199 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4200 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4202 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4204 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4208 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4209 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4210 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4211 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4212 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4213 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4214 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4215 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4216 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4217 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4218 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4219 together except their symbol. */
4221 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4223 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4224 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4226 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4230 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4232 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4233 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4234 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4236 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4238 /* Read the relocations. */
4239 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4241 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4244 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4245 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4247 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4248 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4250 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4251 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4252 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4254 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4255 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4258 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4259 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4262 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4264 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4269 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4273 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4276 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4277 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4278 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4279 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4280 + sec
->output_offset
4281 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4282 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4283 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4286 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4290 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4291 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4293 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4296 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4303 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4304 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4307 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4311 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4312 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4313 false, false, true);
4314 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4315 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= true;
4317 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4319 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4320 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4321 false, false, true);
4323 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4326 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4327 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4328 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4329 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4330 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4331 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4333 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4335 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4336 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4338 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4339 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4340 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4344 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4345 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4346 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4348 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4350 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4354 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4357 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4362 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= true;
4364 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4365 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4366 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4368 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4369 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4372 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4375 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4379 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4380 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4381 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4385 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4387 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4389 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4392 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4393 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4394 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4395 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4402 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4406 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4407 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4411 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4414 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4417 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4421 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4423 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4424 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4425 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4426 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4427 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4428 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4429 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4430 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4432 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4433 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4435 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4436 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4438 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4439 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4441 /* Read the relocations. */
4442 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4444 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4447 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4448 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4450 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4451 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4452 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4453 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4454 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4456 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4458 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4459 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4461 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4463 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4464 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4465 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4466 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4467 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4470 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4471 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4472 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4473 without marker relocs, then check that each
4474 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4475 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4476 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4477 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4479 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4481 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4482 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4483 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4485 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4486 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4487 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4488 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4493 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4496 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4497 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4498 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4501 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4502 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4503 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4504 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4505 that turns out to be the case. */
4514 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4516 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4526 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4538 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4549 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4550 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4553 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4555 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4556 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4557 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4559 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4561 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4562 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4563 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4564 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4565 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4568 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4571 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4572 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4573 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4576 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4577 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4583 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4588 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
4591 unsigned char buf
[4];
4593 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
4594 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
4597 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4601 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
4602 /* addis rt,2,imm */
4603 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
4604 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
4606 /* xgettext:c-format */
4607 info
->callbacks
->minfo
4608 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
4609 ibfd
, sec
, off
, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn
);
4610 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
4615 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
4616 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
4625 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4626 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4629 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4630 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4631 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4634 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4635 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4636 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4637 the entire optimization. */
4638 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4639 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4640 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4641 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4648 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4649 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4653 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4654 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4655 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4657 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4658 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4660 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4661 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4662 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4663 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4664 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4665 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4668 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4669 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4670 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4671 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4672 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4673 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4674 Disable optimization in this case. */
4675 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4676 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4677 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4678 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4681 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4683 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4686 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4687 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4688 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4689 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4690 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4692 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4693 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4700 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4705 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4706 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4709 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4716 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4717 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4718 size_dynamic_sections. */
4721 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4723 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4726 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4728 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4729 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4734 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4737 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4739 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4741 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4742 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4747 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4748 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4749 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4750 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4754 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4755 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4757 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4761 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4762 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4765 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4766 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4767 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4769 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4773 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4775 /* Deal with function syms. */
4776 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4777 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4780 bool local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4781 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4782 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4783 function symbol is local. */
4784 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4785 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4787 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4788 won't need a .plt entry. */
4789 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4790 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4791 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4794 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4796 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4797 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4798 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4800 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4802 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4803 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4804 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4806 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4808 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4809 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4810 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4812 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4816 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4817 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4818 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4819 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4820 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4821 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4822 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4823 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4825 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4827 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4828 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4829 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4830 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4831 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4833 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4834 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4835 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4836 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4837 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4839 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4840 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4841 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4842 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4844 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4845 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4849 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4851 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4852 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4853 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4854 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4856 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4857 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4858 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4859 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4860 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4861 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4862 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4863 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4867 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4868 is not a function. */
4870 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4871 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4872 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4873 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4874 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4876 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4880 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4881 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4882 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4884 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4888 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4889 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4890 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4891 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4892 if (h
->protected_def
)
4894 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4895 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4896 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4897 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4898 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4899 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4903 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4904 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4907 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4908 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4909 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4910 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4911 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4913 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4914 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4915 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4917 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4920 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4921 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4922 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4923 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4924 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4925 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4926 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4927 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4928 same memory location for the variable.
4930 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4931 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4932 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4934 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4935 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4937 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4938 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4940 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4944 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4945 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4946 and into the runtime process image. */
4947 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4948 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4949 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4950 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4952 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4953 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4954 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4958 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4959 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4960 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4963 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4964 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4965 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4966 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4967 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4970 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4971 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4972 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4974 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4975 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4978 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4980 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4981 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4983 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4985 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4986 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4989 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4990 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4993 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4995 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4996 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4997 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4998 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, true, false, false);
5001 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5003 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5004 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5005 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
5006 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5007 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5008 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5009 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5011 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5016 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5017 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5020 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5023 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5025 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5027 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5028 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5032 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5033 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5035 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5036 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5040 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5041 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5043 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5044 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5046 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5047 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5053 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5054 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5056 static inline unsigned int
5057 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5060 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5065 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5067 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5069 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5075 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5078 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5079 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5081 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5083 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5084 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5085 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5086 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5089 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5090 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5094 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
5095 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
5098 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5099 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5103 || !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
);
5106 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5109 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5111 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5112 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5113 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5114 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5116 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5119 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5120 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5121 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5122 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5123 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5124 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5125 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5126 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5127 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5129 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5130 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5133 unsigned int need
= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5134 unsigned int rel_need
= need
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5135 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5137 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5138 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5139 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5140 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5141 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5145 rel_need
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5149 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5152 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5153 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5154 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5155 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5156 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5157 && !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
))
5158 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5159 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5160 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5161 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5165 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5166 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5167 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5168 rsec
->size
+= rel_need
;
5173 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5175 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5176 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5177 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5178 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5179 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5181 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5182 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5183 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5184 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5186 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5187 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5188 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5189 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5191 if (h
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5194 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5195 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5196 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5197 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5199 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5201 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5202 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5203 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5204 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5205 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5206 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5207 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5209 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5211 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5213 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5222 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5224 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5226 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5228 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5235 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5237 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5238 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5242 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5244 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5245 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5247 if ((h
->dynamic_adjusted
5249 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5250 && (info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
5251 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))))
5253 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5254 && !(h
->protected_def
5255 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5256 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5257 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5259 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5260 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5263 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5264 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5267 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5270 /* Allocate space. */
5271 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5272 if (!discarded_section (p
->sec
))
5274 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5275 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5276 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5277 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5280 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5281 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5284 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5285 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5286 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
5287 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5288 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5291 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5292 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5293 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5294 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5296 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5297 bool doneone
= false;
5298 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5300 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5301 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5306 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5309 dyn
= !use_local_plt (info
, h
);
5313 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5319 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5323 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5326 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5328 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5329 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5333 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5335 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5336 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5339 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5343 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5344 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5346 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5348 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5349 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5357 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5358 for the special first entry. */
5360 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5362 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5363 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5364 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5365 word available at the end. */
5366 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5367 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5369 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5370 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5372 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5373 file, and we are not generating a shared
5374 library, then set the symbol to this location
5375 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5376 relocations, and is required to make
5377 function pointers compare as equal between
5378 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5379 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5383 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5384 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5387 /* Make room for this entry. */
5388 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5389 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5391 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5392 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5393 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5394 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5395 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5397 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5400 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5405 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5407 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5408 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5410 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5412 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5413 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5418 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5420 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5422 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5423 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5424 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5427 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5429 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5430 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5431 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5434 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5435 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5436 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5439 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5441 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5448 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5452 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5458 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5465 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5467 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5468 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5469 1, /* CIE version. */
5470 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5471 4, /* Code alignment. */
5472 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5474 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5475 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5476 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5479 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5482 ppc_elf_late_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5483 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5485 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5491 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_late_size_sections called\n");
5494 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5495 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
5498 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5500 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5501 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5503 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5504 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5505 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5506 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5510 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5511 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5512 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5513 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5515 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5517 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5519 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5520 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5521 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5522 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5524 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5525 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5526 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
5527 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5529 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5532 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5534 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5536 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5537 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5541 if (discarded_section (p
->sec
))
5543 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5544 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5545 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5548 else if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5549 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5552 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5553 handled specially by the loader. */
5555 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5557 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5559 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5560 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5561 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5562 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5563 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5565 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5566 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5567 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5573 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5577 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5578 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5579 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5580 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5581 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5582 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5583 local_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5584 if (local_syms
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
5586 local_syms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
,
5587 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
5588 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
5592 for (isym
= local_syms
;
5593 local_got
< end_local_got
;
5594 ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
, ++isym
)
5598 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5599 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5600 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5602 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5605 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5606 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5607 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5608 && bfd_link_executable (info
))
5609 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
5613 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5614 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5615 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5616 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5622 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5624 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5627 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5628 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5629 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5631 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5632 bool doneone
= false;
5633 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5635 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5636 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5638 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5640 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5641 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5643 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5651 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5654 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5656 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5659 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5660 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5662 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5666 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5668 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5669 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5671 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5673 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5674 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5680 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5683 if (local_syms
!= NULL
5684 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
5686 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
5689 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
5693 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5694 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5696 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5698 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5699 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5700 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5703 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5705 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5707 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5709 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5710 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5711 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5712 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5713 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5715 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5716 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5718 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5721 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5723 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5725 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5727 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5728 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5730 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5732 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5734 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5735 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5736 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5737 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5738 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5741 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5742 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5743 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5745 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5746 /* Space for the branch table. */
5748 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5749 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5750 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5752 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5754 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5756 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5757 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5758 true, false, false);
5761 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5763 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5764 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5765 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5766 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5767 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5768 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5769 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5771 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5773 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5774 true, false, false);
5777 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5779 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5780 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5781 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5782 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5783 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5784 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5785 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5787 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5792 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5793 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5794 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5795 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5796 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5798 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5799 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5800 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5803 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5808 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5809 Allocate memory for them. */
5811 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5813 bool strip_section
= true;
5815 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5818 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5819 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5821 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5822 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5823 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5824 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5825 strip_section
= false;
5826 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5829 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5830 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5832 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5833 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5835 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5836 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5837 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5839 /* Strip these too. */
5841 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5842 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5844 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5846 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5850 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5853 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5854 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5860 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5864 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5866 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5867 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5868 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5869 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5870 before the linker maps input sections to output
5871 sections. The linker does that before
5872 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5873 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5874 into these sections. */
5875 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5879 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5882 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5883 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5884 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5888 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5890 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5891 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5892 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5893 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5894 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5895 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5896 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5898 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd
, info
,
5902 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5903 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5904 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5906 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5908 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5909 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5910 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5911 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5915 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5917 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5918 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5920 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5923 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5924 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5925 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5926 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5928 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5929 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5932 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5933 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5935 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5938 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5943 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5944 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5946 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5948 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5951 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5954 else if (adv
< 65536)
5956 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5957 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5962 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5963 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5966 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5969 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5970 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5973 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5974 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5980 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5981 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5984 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5986 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5988 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5992 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5993 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5995 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5996 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5998 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5999 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6000 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
6001 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
6008 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6010 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6014 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
6015 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
6020 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6023 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6025 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6027 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6028 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6031 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6034 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6036 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6037 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6038 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6040 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6041 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6042 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6043 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6044 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6045 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6046 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6047 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6050 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6052 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6053 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6054 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6055 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6058 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6060 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6061 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6064 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6065 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6066 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6067 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6070 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6072 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6075 struct one_branch_fixup
6077 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6079 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6080 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6085 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6086 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6087 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6088 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6089 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6090 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6091 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6092 unsigned changes
= 0;
6093 bool workaround_change
;
6094 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6095 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6101 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6102 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6103 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6104 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
6105 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6109 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6110 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6112 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6115 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6119 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6120 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6121 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6122 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6124 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6125 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6126 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6128 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6129 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6131 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6133 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6134 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6135 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6138 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6139 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6142 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6143 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6144 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6145 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6146 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6149 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6151 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6152 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6154 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6155 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6157 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6158 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6159 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6163 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6165 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6166 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6168 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6171 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6172 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6173 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
, reladdr
;
6176 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6177 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6178 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6179 unsigned char sym_type
;
6184 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6185 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6187 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6191 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6192 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6193 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6196 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6197 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6205 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6206 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6207 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6214 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6215 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6219 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6220 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6225 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6226 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6227 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6231 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6232 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6233 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6238 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6239 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6240 branch stub in that case. */
6241 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6242 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6243 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6245 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6246 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6247 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6249 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6250 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6251 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6252 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6253 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6255 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6257 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6259 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6260 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6261 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6262 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6263 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6268 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6269 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6271 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6272 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6273 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6276 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6279 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6281 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6282 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6283 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6284 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6286 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6287 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6288 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6289 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6296 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6301 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6302 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6303 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6307 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6308 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6309 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6310 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6314 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6315 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6316 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6317 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6319 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6320 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6322 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6323 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6324 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6325 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6330 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6332 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6333 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6334 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6337 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6339 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6340 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6343 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6347 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6348 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6353 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6354 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6359 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6360 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6361 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6362 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6363 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6364 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6365 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6366 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6367 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6370 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6371 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6372 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6373 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6374 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6375 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6377 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6378 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6379 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6380 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6381 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6383 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6384 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6385 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6386 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6387 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6388 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6389 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6390 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6391 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6392 location of interest is just "sym". */
6393 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6394 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6395 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6398 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6399 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6402 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6403 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6404 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6406 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6407 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6408 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6410 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6411 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6412 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6413 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6414 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6415 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6418 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6419 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6421 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6422 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6423 fixup can be created at final link.
6424 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6425 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6426 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6427 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6428 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6431 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6432 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6433 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6434 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6435 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6436 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6440 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6441 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6442 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6446 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6447 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6448 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6454 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6456 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6457 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6458 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6459 one. We'll report an error later. */
6462 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6464 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6469 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6472 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6473 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6474 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6476 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6477 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6478 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6481 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6482 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6483 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6485 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6486 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6487 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6490 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6491 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6492 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6495 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6503 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6504 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6507 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6508 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6511 link_info
->callbacks
->minfo
6512 (_("%pB: Adjusting branch at 0x%V towards \"%s\" in section %s\n"),
6514 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"),
6517 /* Get the section contents. */
6518 if (contents
== NULL
)
6520 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6521 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6522 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6523 /* Go get them off disk. */
6524 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6528 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6529 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6533 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6534 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6535 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6537 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6538 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6542 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6543 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6544 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6547 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6552 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6554 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6555 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6560 workaround_change
= false;
6562 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6563 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6564 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6566 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6567 unsigned int crossings
;
6568 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6570 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6571 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6573 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6576 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6577 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6578 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6579 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6580 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6581 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6583 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6584 workaround_change
= true;
6586 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6587 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6589 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6592 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6594 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6595 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6596 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6597 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6600 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6601 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6604 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6606 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6610 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6611 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6615 if (contents
!= NULL
6616 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6618 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6622 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6623 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6627 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6630 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6631 information for the trampolines. */
6632 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6633 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6634 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6639 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6640 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6641 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6643 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6645 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6647 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6648 free (internal_relocs
);
6649 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6650 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6651 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6652 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6654 else if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6655 free (internal_relocs
);
6657 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6661 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6663 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6664 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6667 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6669 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6671 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6672 free (internal_relocs
);
6676 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6677 discarded sections. */
6680 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6682 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6685 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6688 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6691 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6694 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6695 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6696 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6698 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6700 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6702 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6706 /* Handle global symbol. */
6707 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6709 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6710 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6711 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6715 /* Handle local symbol. */
6716 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6718 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6719 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6720 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6723 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6726 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6728 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6729 as a "written" flag. */
6730 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6732 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6733 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6734 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6735 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6738 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6739 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6740 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6741 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6745 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6746 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6752 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6753 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6754 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6757 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6758 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6759 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6761 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6762 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6764 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6767 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6768 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6770 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6772 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6774 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6776 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6778 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6780 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6782 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6784 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6788 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6789 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6790 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6792 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6796 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6798 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6799 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6800 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6801 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6805 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6806 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6809 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6811 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6816 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6818 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6821 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6823 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6827 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6832 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6835 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6837 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6838 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6839 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6840 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6843 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6844 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6845 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6848 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6852 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6855 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6856 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6857 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6858 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6862 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6865 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6866 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6867 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6868 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6869 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6870 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6871 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6872 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6873 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6874 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6876 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6883 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6884 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6885 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6888 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6890 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6891 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6892 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6893 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6894 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6895 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6896 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6897 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6898 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6899 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6900 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6901 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6902 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6903 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6904 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6905 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6906 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6908 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6909 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6911 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6913 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6914 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6915 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6916 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6918 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6919 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6920 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6921 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6929 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6931 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6932 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6933 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6934 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6938 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6940 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6941 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6942 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6946 swap_reloc_out (bfd
*obfd
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, bfd_byte
*loc
, asection
*s
)
6948 if ((size_t) (loc
- s
->contents
) >= s
->size
)
6950 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (obfd
, rel
, loc
);
6955 count_and_swap_reloc_out (bfd
*obfd
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, asection
*s
)
6957 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
;
6958 loc
+= s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
6959 return swap_reloc_out (obfd
, rel
, loc
, s
);
6962 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6963 to handle the relocations for a section.
6965 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6966 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6969 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6970 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6971 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6974 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6975 address or the reloc symbol index.
6977 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6979 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6980 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6982 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6983 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6985 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6986 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6987 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6988 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6992 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6993 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6995 asection
*input_section
,
6997 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6998 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6999 asection
**local_sections
)
7001 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7002 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7003 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7004 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7005 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
7006 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
7007 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
7009 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
7011 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
7012 bool is_vxworks_tls
;
7013 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
7014 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
7017 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7018 "%ld relocations%s",
7019 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7020 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
7021 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7024 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
7026 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
7030 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
7032 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7033 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
7034 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7036 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
7037 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
7038 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
7039 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7040 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7041 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7042 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
7043 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
7045 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7046 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7047 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7048 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7049 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7051 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7053 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7054 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7056 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7057 const char *sym_name
;
7058 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7059 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7061 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7062 bool unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7064 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7065 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7066 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7069 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7073 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7075 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7077 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7079 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7080 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7081 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7083 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7089 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7090 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7092 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7094 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7097 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7099 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7100 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7101 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7103 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7104 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7106 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7107 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7108 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7112 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7113 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7114 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7115 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7116 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7117 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7123 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7126 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7127 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7129 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7130 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7131 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7133 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7134 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7135 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7139 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7140 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7141 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7142 for the final instruction stream. */
7146 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7147 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7149 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7152 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7153 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7154 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7157 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7158 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7159 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7160 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7161 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7162 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7163 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7164 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7165 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7172 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7173 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7174 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7175 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
7176 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7180 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7181 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7183 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7184 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7185 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7186 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7187 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7192 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7193 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
7194 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
7198 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7199 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7202 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7203 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7204 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7206 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7207 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7208 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7212 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7213 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7215 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7216 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7220 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7221 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7222 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7223 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7226 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7227 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7228 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7231 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7232 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7233 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7235 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7239 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7240 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7242 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7243 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7247 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7248 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7249 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7250 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7252 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7256 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7257 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7258 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7259 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7260 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7261 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7262 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7264 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7265 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7266 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7267 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7268 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7269 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7270 intervening code. */
7271 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7272 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7273 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7276 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7277 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7278 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
7279 && offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
, 4))
7281 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7282 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7283 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7285 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7286 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7287 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7292 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7293 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7296 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7298 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7300 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7302 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7303 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7304 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7305 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7306 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7307 + sec
->output_offset
7308 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7310 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7311 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7312 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
7313 && offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
, 4))
7315 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7316 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7317 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7318 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7319 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7322 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7323 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7326 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7327 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7334 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7336 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
7339 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7341 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7343 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7344 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7348 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7351 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7352 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7357 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7358 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7359 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7361 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7362 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7363 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7364 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7365 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7370 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7372 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
7376 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7378 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7379 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7384 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7386 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7388 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7389 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7390 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7391 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7392 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7393 + sec
->output_offset
7394 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7396 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7397 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7398 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7399 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7400 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7401 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7402 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7403 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7409 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7416 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7417 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7418 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7419 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7422 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7423 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7424 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7425 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
7429 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7430 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7433 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7434 + input_section
->output_offset
7435 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7437 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7438 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7439 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7441 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7445 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7446 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7450 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7451 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7452 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7453 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7455 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7457 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7458 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7459 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7460 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7463 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7464 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7465 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7466 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7467 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7472 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7476 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7477 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7478 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7480 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7481 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7484 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
7485 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7487 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7488 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7489 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7490 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7496 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7497 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7498 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7500 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7501 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7502 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7503 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7504 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7506 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7507 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7508 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7509 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7510 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7511 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7512 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7513 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7515 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7516 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7518 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7520 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7521 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7522 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7523 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7525 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7526 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7528 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7529 output is reasonable. */
7530 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7532 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7533 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7534 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7536 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7538 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7542 /* xgettext:c-format */
7543 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7544 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7545 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7546 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7548 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
7549 && offset_in_range (input_section
,
7550 rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7552 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7553 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7554 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7555 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7556 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7557 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7558 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7559 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7560 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7561 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7562 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7563 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7564 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7565 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7566 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7567 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7568 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7570 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7571 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7573 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7575 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7576 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7580 /* xgettext:c-format */
7581 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7582 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7583 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7584 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7589 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
7591 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7595 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7596 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7598 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7599 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7601 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7603 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7604 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7605 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7610 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7611 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7612 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7613 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7614 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7617 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7618 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7619 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7620 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7621 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7622 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7623 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7627 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7629 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7630 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7632 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7634 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7635 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7636 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7637 apparently are using code compiled with
7638 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7639 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7640 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7641 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7643 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7644 /* xgettext:c-format */
7645 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7646 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7649 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7650 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7651 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7653 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7654 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7655 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7656 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7658 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7659 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7664 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7665 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7667 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7668 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7676 /* xgettext:c-format */
7677 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7678 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7680 /* xgettext:c-format */
7681 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: reloc %#x unsupported"),
7684 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7692 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7693 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7694 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7697 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7698 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7699 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7700 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7701 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7702 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7703 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7704 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7705 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7708 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7709 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7710 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7711 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7712 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7715 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7716 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7717 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7718 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7719 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7722 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7723 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7724 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7725 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7726 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7730 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7731 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7732 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7736 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7742 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7746 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7747 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7748 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7751 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7753 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7754 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7755 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7756 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7757 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7758 because of a version file. */
7763 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7765 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7769 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7771 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7774 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7775 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7776 processed this entry. */
7782 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7783 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7784 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7787 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7789 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7790 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7793 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7794 Initialize them all. */
7799 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7801 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7804 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7806 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7809 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7811 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7812 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7814 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7816 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7820 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7822 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7824 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7826 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7827 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7829 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
)
7830 : sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)))
7832 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7836 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7838 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7839 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7840 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7842 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7843 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7845 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7846 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7848 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7849 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7851 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
,
7854 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7856 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7859 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7860 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7861 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7862 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7864 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7865 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7866 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7868 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7869 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7871 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7872 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7874 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7875 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7877 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7880 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
,
7884 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7885 emitting a reloc. */
7888 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7892 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7896 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7899 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7900 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7901 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7904 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7906 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7907 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7911 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7912 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7916 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7925 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7928 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7930 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7932 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7933 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7935 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7937 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7939 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7941 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7948 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7949 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7952 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7953 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7955 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7957 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7958 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7959 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7960 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7962 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7963 /* xgettext:c-format */
7964 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7965 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7971 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7972 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7973 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7974 at a symbol not in this object. */
7975 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7977 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7978 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7985 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7987 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7988 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7989 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7990 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7991 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7992 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7993 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7994 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7995 /* xgettext:c-format */
7996 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7997 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7998 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8002 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8003 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8004 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
8005 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8006 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8007 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8010 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8013 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8014 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
8015 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8017 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8019 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
8021 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8022 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8023 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8024 defined before using them. */
8025 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
8026 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8027 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
8029 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8032 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8033 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8034 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8035 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8036 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8040 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8041 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8044 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
8045 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8046 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8049 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8055 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8056 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8057 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8058 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8062 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8068 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8069 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8070 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8075 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8076 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8077 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8080 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8081 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8082 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8083 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8084 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8085 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8091 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8092 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8093 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8098 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8102 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8104 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8105 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8106 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8108 && h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8115 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8116 "create relocation for %s\n",
8117 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8118 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8121 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8122 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8125 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8128 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8129 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8130 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8131 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8132 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8134 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8135 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8136 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8137 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8138 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8139 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8140 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8143 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8144 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8147 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8148 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8149 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8150 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8154 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8156 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8160 /* If we get here when building a static
8161 executable, then the libc startup function
8162 responsible for applying indirect function
8163 relocations is going to complain about
8165 If we get here when building a dynamic
8166 executable, it will be because we have
8167 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8168 will set the text segment writable and
8169 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8170 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8171 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8172 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8173 /* xgettext:c-format */
8174 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8175 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8176 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8181 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8183 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8185 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8192 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8193 against a section symbol. It would be
8194 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8195 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8196 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8197 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8198 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8199 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8201 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8206 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8209 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8210 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8212 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8215 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8216 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8218 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8219 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8222 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8224 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8225 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8227 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8230 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8233 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8235 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8236 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8237 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8242 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
8248 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8249 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8252 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8259 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8260 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8263 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8264 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8266 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8268 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8269 got2_addend
= addend
;
8272 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8273 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8274 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8275 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8276 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8278 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8279 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8285 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8286 ? offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- 12,
8287 ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) * 4)
8288 : offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8289 ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
) * 4))
8293 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8296 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8298 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8299 + input_section
->output_offset
8300 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8301 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8302 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8303 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8304 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8306 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8311 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8314 relocation
+= addend
;
8315 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8318 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8320 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8321 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8325 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8326 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8334 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8338 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8339 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8340 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8341 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8342 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8343 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8344 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8345 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8347 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8348 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8354 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8355 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8356 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8357 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8359 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8363 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8364 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8368 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8369 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8370 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8371 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8373 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8377 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8378 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8382 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8383 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8384 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8385 AIX .toc section. */
8386 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8387 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8389 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8392 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8393 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8395 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8398 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8399 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8401 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8403 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8404 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8406 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8408 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8409 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8410 using -Bsymbolic. */
8414 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8415 procedure linkage table. */
8416 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8417 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8418 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8419 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8420 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8422 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8423 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8428 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8429 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8430 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8436 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8437 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8438 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8441 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8442 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8444 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8446 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8447 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8448 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8449 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8451 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8452 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8454 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8456 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8457 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8458 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8462 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8463 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8464 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
8467 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8469 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8471 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8472 + plt
->output_offset
8474 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8478 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8480 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8481 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8483 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8491 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8492 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8495 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8498 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8499 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8501 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8504 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8506 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8507 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8508 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8511 /* xgettext:c-format */
8512 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8513 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8522 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8523 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8526 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8529 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8530 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8532 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8535 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8537 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8538 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8539 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8542 /* xgettext:c-format */
8543 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8544 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8553 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8554 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8555 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8556 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8558 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8561 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8562 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8563 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8564 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8566 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8569 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8570 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8571 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8572 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8574 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8577 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8578 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8579 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8580 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8582 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8585 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8586 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8587 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8588 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8590 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8593 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8594 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8595 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8596 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8598 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8601 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8602 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8603 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8604 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8605 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8606 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
8608 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8616 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8618 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8620 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8624 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8625 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8626 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8629 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8631 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8632 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8635 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8637 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8638 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8645 /* xgettext:c-format */
8646 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8647 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8653 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8660 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8662 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8665 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8668 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8671 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8672 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8673 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8674 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8675 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8676 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8677 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8678 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8679 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8681 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8683 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8684 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8686 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8689 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8693 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8694 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8695 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8696 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8697 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8698 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8699 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8701 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8704 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8705 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8706 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
8709 /* Fill in register field. */
8710 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8711 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8715 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8716 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8717 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8718 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8719 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8720 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8721 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
8722 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8727 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8729 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8731 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8735 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8736 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8737 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8738 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8739 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8740 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8741 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8745 /* xgettext:c-format */
8746 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8747 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8753 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8758 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8760 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8763 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8765 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8766 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8768 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8770 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8771 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8772 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8774 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8776 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8777 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8779 value
= value
>> 16;
8780 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8782 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8784 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8786 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8788 value
= value
>> 16;
8789 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8791 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8793 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8795 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8797 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8798 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8800 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8802 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8804 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8806 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8807 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8809 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8811 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8818 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8819 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
8820 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8823 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
,
8829 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8831 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8832 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8833 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8834 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8836 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8839 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8842 /* Negative relocations. */
8843 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8844 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8845 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8846 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8847 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8848 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8852 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8853 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8854 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8855 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8857 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8859 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8860 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8861 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8862 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8863 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8864 /* xgettext:c-format */
8865 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8866 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8868 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8878 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8879 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
8880 && relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
8881 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
8884 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8885 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8889 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8890 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
8891 && relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
8892 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
8894 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8895 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8896 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
8898 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8909 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8911 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
8913 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8914 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8916 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8917 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8918 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8919 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8922 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8923 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8924 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8925 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8930 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8931 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8932 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8934 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
8936 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8937 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8938 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8939 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8940 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8943 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8944 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8945 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8946 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8951 /* Do any further special processing. */
8957 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8958 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8959 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8960 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8961 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8962 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8963 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8964 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8965 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8966 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8967 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8968 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8973 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8974 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8975 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8976 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8977 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8978 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8979 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8980 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8985 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8987 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8988 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8990 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8991 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8992 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8994 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8995 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8996 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8997 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8998 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8999 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
9000 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
9001 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
9002 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
9003 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
9005 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
9006 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
9007 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
9008 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
9010 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
9011 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
9013 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
9015 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
9019 relocation
+= addend
;
9020 addend
= insn
& mask
;
9021 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
9024 relocation
^= lobit
;
9025 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9026 /* xgettext:c-format */
9027 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
9028 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9029 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
9030 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9038 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
9039 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
9044 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
9048 if (unresolved_reloc
9049 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
9051 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
9052 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
9054 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9055 /* xgettext:c-format */
9056 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
9057 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9063 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
9064 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
9065 have different reloc types. */
9066 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
9067 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
9068 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
9069 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9071 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
9073 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
9077 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
9078 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9079 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
9080 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9081 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9082 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9083 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
9085 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
9088 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
9093 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
9095 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9096 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
9097 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
9102 relocation
+= addend
;
9103 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
9104 + input_section
->output_offset
9105 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
9107 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9109 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
9110 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9115 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9116 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9119 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9121 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9123 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9124 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9127 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9128 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9129 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9130 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9131 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9132 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9136 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9137 /* xgettext:c-format */
9138 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9139 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9140 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9151 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9152 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9154 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9155 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9156 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9158 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9160 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9161 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9166 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9167 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9168 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9172 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9175 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9176 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9177 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9178 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9180 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9181 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9182 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9185 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9186 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9187 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9188 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9189 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9191 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9192 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9194 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9200 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9201 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9202 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9205 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9210 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9211 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9212 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9213 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9214 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9216 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9217 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9218 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9219 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9220 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9224 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9225 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9227 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9230 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9238 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9239 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9241 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9245 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9262 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9263 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9264 avoid the icache failure.
9266 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9267 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9268 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9269 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9270 unconditional branches:
9271 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9272 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9273 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9274 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9275 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9276 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9277 instruction is not executed.
9282 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9289 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9290 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9291 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9292 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9293 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9294 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9297 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9298 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9301 . nop b somewhere_else
9302 . b somewhere_else nop
9303 . new_page: new_page:
9305 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9306 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9307 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9308 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9309 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9310 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9311 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9314 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9315 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9316 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9317 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9318 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9321 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9322 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9326 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9327 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9328 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9329 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9331 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9333 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9334 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9337 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9339 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9340 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9343 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9344 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9345 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9346 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9352 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9353 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9354 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9355 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9358 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9361 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9362 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9363 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9364 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9367 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9368 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9370 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9372 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9376 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9378 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9379 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9382 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9383 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9393 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9394 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9396 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9398 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9399 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9401 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9403 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9405 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9406 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9407 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9408 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9409 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9411 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9413 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9414 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9415 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9416 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9417 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9419 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9421 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9422 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9423 contents
+ patch_off
);
9425 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9426 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9427 contents
+ patch_off
);
9434 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9436 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9437 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9439 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9440 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9441 contents
+ patch_off
);
9443 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9444 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9445 contents
+ patch_off
);
9447 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9448 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9449 contents
+ patch_off
);
9455 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9457 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9458 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9459 contents
+ patch_off
);
9462 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9463 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9470 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9473 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9475 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9476 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9477 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9481 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9482 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9484 bool dyn
= !use_local_plt (info
, h
);
9488 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9490 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9491 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9492 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9494 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
9495 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9498 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9499 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9500 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9501 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9502 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9505 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9507 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
&& dyn
)
9510 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9512 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9513 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9515 /* Use the right PLT. */
9516 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9517 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9519 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9520 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9522 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9523 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9524 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9525 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9526 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9527 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9531 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9533 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9534 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9535 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9536 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9537 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9538 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9541 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9542 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9543 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9544 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9546 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9547 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9548 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9549 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9550 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9551 prescaled offset. */
9552 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9553 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9554 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9555 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9556 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9557 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9558 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9559 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9561 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9563 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9564 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9565 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9566 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9567 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9568 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9570 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9571 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9572 in this PLT entry. */
9573 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9574 + plt
->output_offset
9575 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9576 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9578 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9580 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9581 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9582 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9583 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9584 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9586 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9587 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9588 + plt
->output_offset
9589 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9590 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9592 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9593 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
,
9595 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9597 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9598 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9599 + plt
->output_offset
9600 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9601 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9603 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9604 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
,
9606 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9608 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9609 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9610 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9611 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9613 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9615 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9616 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
,
9620 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9621 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9622 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9623 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9624 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9625 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9626 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9635 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9637 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9638 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9642 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9643 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9646 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9647 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9648 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9653 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9654 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9658 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9659 + plt
->output_offset
9662 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
|| !dyn
)
9664 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9665 linker will fill it in. */
9669 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9670 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9671 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9672 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9673 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9680 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9683 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9684 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9686 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9687 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9688 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9689 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9693 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9694 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9695 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9696 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9697 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9699 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
,
9705 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
9708 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9712 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9713 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9718 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9719 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9721 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9722 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9731 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9734 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9736 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9742 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9744 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9746 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9747 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9748 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9749 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9750 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9751 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9753 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9756 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9760 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9761 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9762 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9763 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9764 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9765 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9766 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9768 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9770 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9772 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9775 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9778 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9779 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9781 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9786 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9787 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9788 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9790 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9792 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9793 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9794 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9795 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9799 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9800 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9802 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9803 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9807 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9808 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9813 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9814 + plt
->output_offset
9815 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9816 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9817 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
,
9820 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9821 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9825 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9826 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9828 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9831 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9837 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9838 dynamic sections here. */
9841 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9842 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9843 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9844 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9846 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9847 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9850 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9851 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9855 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9856 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9857 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9859 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9861 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9862 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9863 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9864 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9865 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9866 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9868 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9869 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9871 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9873 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9874 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9875 function pointer. */
9881 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9882 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9883 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9884 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9885 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9886 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9889 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9890 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9891 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9892 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9893 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9901 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9903 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9906 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9909 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9911 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9913 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9914 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9916 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9917 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9919 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9920 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9922 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, s
));
9926 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9932 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9933 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9934 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9935 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9937 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9939 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9940 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9942 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9944 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9945 return reloc_class_relative
;
9946 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9947 return reloc_class_plt
;
9949 return reloc_class_copy
;
9951 return reloc_class_normal
;
9955 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9958 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9959 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9962 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9968 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9971 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9972 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9973 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9976 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9977 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9979 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9981 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9983 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9985 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9986 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9987 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9989 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9992 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9997 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9998 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
10000 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10001 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10005 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
10009 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
10010 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10014 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
10018 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
10019 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10020 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10021 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10022 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
10023 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10024 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10025 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10029 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
10030 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
10035 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
10039 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
10040 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10042 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10043 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
10045 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
10047 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
10048 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
10050 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
10051 so that a function can easily find the address of
10052 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10053 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
10054 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
10055 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
10060 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
10061 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
10062 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
10063 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
10068 /* xgettext:c-format */
10069 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10070 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
10071 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
10072 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
10073 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10077 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
10080 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10081 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
10082 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
10083 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
10084 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10086 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10087 /* Use the right PLT. */
10088 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10089 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10090 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
10092 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
10094 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
10096 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
10097 splt
->contents
+ 0);
10098 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
10099 splt
->contents
+ 4);
10103 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
10104 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
10106 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
10107 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
10108 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
10109 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10110 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10111 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10113 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10115 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10118 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10120 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10121 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10122 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10124 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10126 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
, htab
->srelplt2
));
10127 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10129 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10130 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10131 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10133 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10135 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
, htab
->srelplt2
));
10136 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10138 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10139 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10140 in which symbols were output. */
10141 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10143 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10145 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10146 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10147 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10148 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10150 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10151 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10152 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10153 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10155 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10156 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10157 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10158 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10163 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10164 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10165 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10168 unsigned char *endp
;
10172 * PIC glink code is the following:
10174 * # ith PLT code stub.
10175 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10176 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10180 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10181 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10182 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10183 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10184 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10186 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10192 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10195 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10198 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10199 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10200 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10201 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10204 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10207 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10209 * # ith PLT code stub.
10210 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10211 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10215 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10218 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10219 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10220 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10221 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10224 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10225 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10229 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10230 and perhaps some padding. */
10231 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10232 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10233 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10234 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10235 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10242 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10246 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10247 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10248 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10250 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10252 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10253 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10254 glink branch table. */
10255 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10257 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10258 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10260 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10261 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10262 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10264 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10268 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10269 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10272 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10273 one other call stub before this one. */
10274 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10283 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10284 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10285 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10289 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10290 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10291 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10293 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10295 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10297 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10299 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10301 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10305 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10307 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10309 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10313 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10318 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10320 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10323 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10325 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10329 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10333 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10334 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10336 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10338 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10340 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10344 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10347 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10350 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10352 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10356 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10357 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10360 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10363 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10364 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10366 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10369 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10374 /* Offset to .glink. */
10375 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10376 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10377 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10378 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10379 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10380 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10382 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10383 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10384 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10385 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10392 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10393 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10394 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10395 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10396 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10397 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10398 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10399 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10400 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10401 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10403 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10404 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10408 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10411 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10412 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10413 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10414 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10415 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10416 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10418 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10419 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10420 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10421 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10422 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10423 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10424 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10425 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10427 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10428 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10429 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10430 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10431 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10432 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10433 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10434 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10435 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10436 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10437 #define elf_backend_late_size_sections ppc_elf_late_size_sections
10438 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10439 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10440 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10441 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10442 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10443 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10444 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10445 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10446 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10447 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10448 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10449 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10450 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10451 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10452 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10453 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10454 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10455 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10457 #include "elf32-target.h"
10459 /* FreeBSD Target */
10461 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10462 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10464 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10465 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10466 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10467 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10470 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10473 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10475 #include "elf32-target.h"
10477 /* VxWorks Target */
10479 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10480 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10482 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10483 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10484 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10485 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10489 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10490 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10492 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10493 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10494 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10496 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10499 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10500 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10502 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10505 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10506 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10507 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10508 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10510 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10512 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10515 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10516 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10517 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10518 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10519 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10520 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10525 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10527 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10528 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10529 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10530 const char **namep
,
10535 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10539 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10543 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10545 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10546 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10549 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10551 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10552 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10553 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10554 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10555 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10556 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10557 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10558 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10559 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10560 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10561 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10562 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10563 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10564 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10566 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10568 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10569 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10570 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10571 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10572 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10573 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10574 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10575 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10576 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10577 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10578 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10579 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10580 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10581 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10582 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10583 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10584 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10585 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10588 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10590 #include "elf32-target.h"